blob: 5c0c33b298c567d783402eb2d2ad4abdf67b1fe9 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
406/// up-to-date.
407///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000423 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
424 return false;
425
426 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
427 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
428
429 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
430 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
431 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
432 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
433 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
434 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
439
440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000444
445 return true;
446}
447
448
449
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000450/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000451/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000452/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000453/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000454/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000455Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
456 IdentifierInfo &II,
457 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000458 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
459 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
460 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000461 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000462}
463
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000464/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
465/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
466/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000467DeclRefExpr *
468Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
469 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
470 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000471 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000472 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
473 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000474 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000475 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000476 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000477}
478
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
480/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
481/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000482static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
483 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
485 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
486
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000487 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
489 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
490 // this even better.
491 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
493 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 D != DEnd; ++D) {
495 if (*D == Record) {
496 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
497 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
498 ++D;
499 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000500 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 return *D;
502 }
503 }
504
505 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
506 return 0;
507}
508
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000509/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
510/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
511/// actual member.
512///
513/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
514/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
515/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
516/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
517/// we found.
518///
519/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
520/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
521/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
522VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
523 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
525 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
526 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
527
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000528 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000529 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
530 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
531 do {
532 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000533 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 else {
537 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
538 break;
539 }
540 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
541 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
542 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000543
544 return BaseObject;
545}
546
547Sema::OwningExprResult
548Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
549 FieldDecl *Field,
550 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
551 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
552 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
553 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
554 AnonFields);
555
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
557 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
558 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
559 // found via name lookup.
560 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
561 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
562 if (BaseObject) {
563 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
564 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000565 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 ExtraQuals
569 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
570 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
571 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
572 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
573 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
574 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
575 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
578 }
579 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
586 QualType AnonFieldType
587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
597 }
598 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000599 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
600 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000601 }
602 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
603 }
604
605 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000606 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
607 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000608 }
609
610 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
611 // anonymous struct/union.
612 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
613 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
614 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
615 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
616 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
617 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
618 unsigned combinedQualifiers
619 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
620 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
621 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000622 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
623 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000624 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
625 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626 }
627
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000628 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000629}
630
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000631/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
632/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
633/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
634/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
635/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
636/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
637/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
638/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
639/// forms.
640///
641/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
642/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
643/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
644/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000645///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000646/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
647/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
648/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
649/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000650Sema::OwningExprResult
651Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
652 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000653 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000654 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000655 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000656 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
657 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000658
659 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
660 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
661 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
662 // names a dependent type.
663 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000664 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
665 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000666 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000667 }
668
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000669 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
670 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000671
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000672 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
673 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
674 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
675 : SourceRange());
676 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000677 }
678
679 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000680
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000681 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
682 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000683 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
684 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000685 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
686 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000687 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
688 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
689 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000690 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000693 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
694 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000695 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000696 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
697 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000698
699 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
700 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
701 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
702 return ExprError();
703
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000704 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
705 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
706 // an error.
707 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
708 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
709 << IV->getDeclName());
710 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
711 // same name exists, use the global.
712 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000713 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
714 ClassDeclared != IFace)
715 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000716 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
717 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
718 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
719 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000720 return Owned(new (Context)
721 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
722 static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
723 true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000724 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000725 }
726 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000727 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
728 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
729 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000730 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000731 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
732 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000733 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
734 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000736 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000737 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000738 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000739 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000740 QualType T;
741
742 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
743 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
744 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
745 else
746 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000747 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000748 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000749 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000750
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000751 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
752 // argument-dependent lookup.
753 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
754 HasTrailingLParen;
755
756 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000757 // We've seen something of the form
758 //
759 // identifier(
760 //
761 // and we did not find any entity by the name
762 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
763 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
764 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
765 Context.OverloadTy,
766 Loc));
767 }
768
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000769 if (D == 0) {
770 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
771 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000772 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000773 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000774 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000775 else {
776 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
777 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000778 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000779 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
780 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000781 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
782 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
784 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000785 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000787 }
788 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000789
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000790 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
791 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
792 // not any specific instance's member.
793 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000794 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000795 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000796 QualType DType;
797 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
798 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
799 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
800 DType = Method->getType();
801 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
802 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
803 }
804 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
805 if (!DType.isNull()) {
806 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
807 // dependent.
808 bool Dependent = false;
809 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
810 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
811 if (DC->isRecord()) {
812 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
813 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
814 Dependent = true;
815 break;
816 }
817 }
818 }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000819 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000820 }
821 }
822 }
823
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000824 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
825 // (C++ [class.union]).
826 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
827 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
828 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000829
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000830 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
831 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
832 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
833 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
834 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
835 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
836 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
837 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
838 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
839 QualType MemberType;
840 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
841 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
842 MemberType = FD->getType();
843
844 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
845 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
846 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
847 unsigned combinedQualifiers
848 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
849 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
850 }
851 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
852 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
853 Ctx = Method->getParent();
854 MemberType = Method->getType();
855 }
856 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
857 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
858 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
859 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
860 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
861 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
862 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
863 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
864 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
865 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
866 break;
867 }
868 }
869 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000870
871 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000872 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
873 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
874 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
875 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
876 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
877 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000878 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000879 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000880 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +0000881 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000882 }
883 }
884 }
885 }
886
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000887 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000888 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
889 if (MD->isStatic())
890 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000891 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
892 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000893 }
894
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000895 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
896 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
897 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000898 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
899 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000900 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000901
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000902 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000903 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000904 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000905 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000906 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000907 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000908
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000909 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000910 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000911 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
912 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000913 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
914 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
915 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000916 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000917
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000918 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
919 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
920 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
921 // that overload resolution actually selects.
922 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
923 return ExprError();
924
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000925 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000926 // Warn about constructs like:
927 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
928 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000929 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
930 Scope *CheckS = S;
931 while (CheckS) {
932 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000933 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000934 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000935 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
936 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000937 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000938 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
939 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000940 break;
941 }
942
943 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
944 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
945 if (CheckS)
946 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
947 }
948 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000949 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
950 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
951 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
952 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
953 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
954 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
955 // type.
956 QualType T = Func->getType();
957 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000958 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
959 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000960 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
961 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000962 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000963
964 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
965 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000966 return ExprError();
967
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000968 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
969 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
970 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
971 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000972 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000973 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
974 // as they do not get snapshotted.
975 //
976 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000977 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000978 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
979 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000980 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000982 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000983 ExprTy.addConst();
984 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000985 }
986 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
987 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000988
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000989 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000990 bool ValueDependent = false;
991 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
992 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
993 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
994 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
995 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
996 TypeDependent = true;
997 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
998 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
999 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1000 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1001 TypeDependent = true;
1002 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1003 // names a dependent type.
1004 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001005 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001006 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1007 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001008 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001009 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1010 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1011 TypeDependent = true;
1012 break;
1013 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001014 }
1015 }
1016 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001017
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001018 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1019 //
1020 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1021 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1022 if (TypeDependent)
1023 ValueDependent = true;
1024 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1025 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1026 ValueDependent = true;
1027 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1028 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1029 // (FIXME!).
1030 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001031
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001032 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1033 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001034}
1035
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001036Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1037 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001038 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001040 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001041 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001042 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1043 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1044 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001045 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001046
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001047 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1048 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001049 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001050 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1051 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001052 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1053 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1054 else {
1055 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1056 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1057 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1058 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001059
1060
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001061 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001062 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001063 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001064 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001065}
1066
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001067Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001068 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1069 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1070 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1071 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001072
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001073 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1074 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1075 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001077
1078 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1079
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001080 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1081 Literal.isWide(),
1082 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001083}
1084
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001085Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1086 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001087 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1088 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001089 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001090 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001091 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001092 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001093 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001094
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001095 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001096 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1097 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001098 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001099
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001100 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1101 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001102
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001103 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1104 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1105 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001106 return ExprError();
1107
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001108 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001109
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001110 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001111 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001112 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001113 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001114 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001115 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001116 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001117 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001118
1119 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1120
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001121 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1122 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001123 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1124 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001126 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001127 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001128 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001129 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001130
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001131 // long long is a C99 feature.
1132 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001133 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001134 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1135
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001136 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001137 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001139 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1140 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1141 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1143 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001144 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001145 } else {
1146 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1147 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001149 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1150 // be an unsigned int.
1151 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1152
1153 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001154 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001155 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1156 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001157 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001158
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001159 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1160 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1161 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1162 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001163 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001164 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001165 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001166 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001167 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001168 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001170 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001171 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001172 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001173
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001174 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1175 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1176 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1177 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001178 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001179 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001180 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001181 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001182 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001183 }
1184
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001185 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001186 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001187 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001188
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001189 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1190 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1191 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1192 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001193 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001194 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001195 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001196 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001197 }
1198 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001199
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001200 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1201 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001202 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001203 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001204 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001205 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001206 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001208 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1209 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001211 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001212 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001214 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1215 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001216 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1217 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
1219 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001220}
1221
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001222Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1223 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1224 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001225 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001226 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001227}
1228
1229/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1230/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001231bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001232 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1233 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1234 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001235 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1236 return false;
1237
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001238 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001239 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001240 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001241 if (isSizeof)
1242 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1243 return false;
1244 }
1245
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001246 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001247 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001248 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1249 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001250 return false;
1251 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001252
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001253 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1254 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1255 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1256 ExprRange))
1257 return true;
1258
1259 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001260 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001261 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001262 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1263 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001264 }
1265
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001266 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001267}
1268
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001269bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1270 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1271 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001272
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001273 // alignof decl is always ok.
1274 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1275 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001276
1277 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1278 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1279 return false;
1280
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001281 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1282 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1283 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001284 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001285 return true;
1286 }
1287 // Other fields are ok.
1288 return false;
1289 }
1290 }
1291 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1292}
1293
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001294/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1295Action::OwningExprResult
1296Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1297 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1298 if (T.isNull())
1299 return ExprError();
1300
1301 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1302 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1303 return ExprError();
1304
1305 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1306 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1307 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1308 R.getEnd()));
1309}
1310
1311/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1312/// operand.
1313Action::OwningExprResult
1314Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1315 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1316 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1317 bool isInvalid = false;
1318 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1319 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1320 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1321 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1322 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1323 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1324 isInvalid = true;
1325 } else {
1326 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1327 }
1328
1329 if (isInvalid)
1330 return ExprError();
1331
1332 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1333 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1334 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1335 R.getEnd()));
1336}
1337
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001338/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1339/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1340/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001341Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001342Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1343 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001344 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001345 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001346
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001347 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001348 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1349 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1350 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001351
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001352 // Get the end location.
1353 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1354 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1355 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1356
1357 if (Result.isInvalid())
1358 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1359
1360 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001361}
1362
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001363QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001364 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1365 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001366
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001367 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001368 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1369 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001370
1371 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1372 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1373 return V->getType();
1374
1375 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1377 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001378 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001379}
1380
1381
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001382
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001383Action::OwningExprResult
1384Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1385 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1386 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001387
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001388 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1389 switch (Kind) {
1390 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1391 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1392 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1393 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001394
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001395 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1396 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1397 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001398 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001399 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1400
1401 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1402 //
1403 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1404 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1405 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1406 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1407 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1408 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1409 // argument will have value zero.
1410 Expr *Args[2] = {
1411 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001412 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1413 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001414 };
1415
1416 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1417 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001418 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001419
1420 // Perform overload resolution.
1421 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1422 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1423 case OR_Success: {
1424 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1425 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1426
1427 if (FnDecl) {
1428 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1429 // operator.
1430
1431 // Convert the arguments.
1432 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1433 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001434 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001435 } else {
1436 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001437 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001438 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1439 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001440 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001441 }
1442
1443 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001444 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001445 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1446 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001447
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001448 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001449 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001450 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001451 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1452
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001453 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001454 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1455 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1456 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001457 } else {
1458 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1459 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1460 // operator node.
1461 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1462 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001463 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001464
1465 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001466 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001467 }
1468
1469 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1470 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1471 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1472 break;
1473
1474 case OR_Ambiguous:
1475 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1476 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1477 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1478 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001479 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001480
1481 case OR_Deleted:
1482 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1483 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1484 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1485 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1486 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1487 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001488 }
1489
1490 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1491 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1492 // build a built-in operation.
1493 }
1494
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001495 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1496 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001497 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001498 return ExprError();
1499 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001500 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001501}
1502
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503Action::OwningExprResult
1504Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1505 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1506 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1507 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001508
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001509 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001511 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1512 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1513 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001514 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1515 // to the candidate set.
1516 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1517 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001518 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1519 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001521 // Perform overload resolution.
1522 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1523 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1524 case OR_Success: {
1525 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1526 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1527
1528 if (FnDecl) {
1529 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1530 // operator.
1531
1532 // Convert the arguments.
1533 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1534 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1535 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1536 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1537 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001538 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001539 } else {
1540 // Convert the arguments.
1541 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1542 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1543 "passing") ||
1544 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1545 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1546 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001547 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001548 }
1549
1550 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001552 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1553 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001554
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001555 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001556 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1557 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001558 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1559
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001560 Base.release();
1561 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001562 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1563 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001564 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001565 } else {
1566 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1567 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1568 // operator node.
1569 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1570 "passing") ||
1571 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1572 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001573 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001574
1575 break;
1576 }
1577 }
1578
1579 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1580 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1581 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1582 break;
1583
1584 case OR_Ambiguous:
1585 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1586 << "[]"
1587 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1588 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001589 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001590
1591 case OR_Deleted:
1592 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1593 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1594 << "[]"
1595 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1596 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1597 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001598 }
1599
1600 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1601 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1602 // build a built-in operation.
1603 }
1604
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001605 // Perform default conversions.
1606 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1607 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001609 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001610
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001611 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001612 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001613 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001614 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001615 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1616 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001617 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1618 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1619 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1620 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1621 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001622 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1623 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001624 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001625 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001626 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001627 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1628 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001629 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001630 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1631 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001632 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001633
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001634 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1635 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001636 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1637 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1638 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1639 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1640 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1641 // force the promotion here.
1642 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1643 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1644 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1645 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1646
1647 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1648 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1649 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1650 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1651 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1652 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1653 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1654 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1655 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1656
1657 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1658 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1659 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001660 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001661 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1662 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001663 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001664 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001665 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001666 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1667 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001668
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001669 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1670 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1671 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1672 // incomplete types are not object types.
1673 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1674 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1675 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1676 return ExprError();
1677 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001678
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001679 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001680 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001681 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1682 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001683
1684 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1685 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1686 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1687 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1688 return ExprError();
1689 }
1690
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001691 Base.release();
1692 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001693 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001694 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001695}
1696
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001697QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001698CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001699 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001700 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001701
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001702 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1703 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001704
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001705 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001706 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1707 // to be selected.
1708 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001709
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001710 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1711 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1712 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001713
1714 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1715 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001716 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001717 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1718 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001719 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001720 do
1721 compStr++;
1722 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001723 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001724 do
1725 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001726 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001727 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001728
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001729 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001730 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1731 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001732 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1733 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001734 return QualType();
1735 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001736
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001737 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1738 // operates on.
1739 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1740 compStr = CompName.getName();
1741
1742 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001743 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001744
1745 while (*compStr) {
1746 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1747 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1748 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1749 return QualType();
1750 }
1751 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001752 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001753
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001754 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1755 // number of elements.
1756 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001757 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001758 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001759 return QualType();
1760 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001761
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001762 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001763 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001764 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001765 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001766 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001767 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1768 : CompName.getLength();
1769 if (HexSwizzle)
1770 CompSize--;
1771
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001772 if (CompSize == 1)
1773 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001774
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001775 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001776 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001777 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1778 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1779 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1780 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001781 }
1782 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001783}
1784
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001785static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1786 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001787 const Selector &Sel,
1788 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001789
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001790 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001791 return PD;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001792 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001793 return OMD;
1794
1795 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1796 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001797 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1798 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001799 return D;
1800 }
1801 return 0;
1802}
1803
1804static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1805 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001806 const Selector &Sel,
1807 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001808 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1809 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1810 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1811 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001812 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001813 GDecl = PD;
1814 break;
1815 }
1816 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001817 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001818 GDecl = OMD;
1819 break;
1820 }
1821 }
1822 if (!GDecl) {
1823 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1824 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1825 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001826 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001827 if (GDecl)
1828 return GDecl;
1829 }
1830 }
1831 return GDecl;
1832}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001833
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001834/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1835/// all base class implementations.
1836///
1837ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1838 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1839 const Selector &Sel) {
1840 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001841 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
1842 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00001843 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001844
1845 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1846 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1847 return Method;
1848}
1849
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001850Action::OwningExprResult
1851Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1852 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001853 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001854 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001855 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001856 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001857
1858 // Perform default conversions.
1859 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001860
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001861 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1862 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001863
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001864 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1865 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001866 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001867 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001868 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001869 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001870 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1871 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001872 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001873 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1874 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1875 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001876 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001877
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001878 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1879 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001880 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001881 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001882 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001883 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1884 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1885 return ExprError();
1886
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001887 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001888 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1889 // than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001890 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001891 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001892 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001893
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001894 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001895 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1896 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001897 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001898 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1899 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1900 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001901 }
1902
1903 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001904
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001905 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1906 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1907 // error cases.
1908 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1909 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001910
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001911 // Check the use of this field
1912 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1913 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001914
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001915 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001916 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1917 // (C++ [class.union]).
1918 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001919 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001920 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001921
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001922 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1923 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001924 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001925 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1926 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1927 else {
1928 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1929 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001930 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001931 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1932 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1933 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001934
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001935 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1936 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001937 }
1938
1939 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001940 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001941 Var, MemberLoc,
1942 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1943 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001944 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001945 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1946 MemberFn->getType()));
1947 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1948 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001949 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001950 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1951 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001952 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1953 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001954 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001955 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1956 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001957
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001958 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1959 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1960 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001961 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1962 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1963 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001964 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001965
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001966 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1967 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001968 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001969 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001970 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1971 &Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001972 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001973 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1974 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1975 // error cases.
1976 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1977 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001978
1979 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1980 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1981 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001982 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1983 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001984 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1985 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1986 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001987 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1988 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1989 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1990 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1991 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1992 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1993 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001994 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001995 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1996 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1997 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1998 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1999 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2000 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002001 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002002
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002003 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002004 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002005 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002006 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2007 }
2008 // @protected
2009 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2010 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2011 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002012
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002013 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002014 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002015 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002016 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002017 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2018 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2019 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002020 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002021
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002022 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2023 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2024 const PointerType *PTy;
2025 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2026 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2027 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2028 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002029
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002030 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002031 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2032 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002033 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2034 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2035 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002036
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002037 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002038 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2039 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002040
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002041 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002042 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2043 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002044 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2045 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002046 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2047 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2048 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002049
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002050 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002051 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2052 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002053
2054 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2055 // selector is implemented.
2056
2057 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2058 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2059
2060 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002061 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002062
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002063 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2064 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002065 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002066
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002067 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2068 if (!Getter) {
2069 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2070 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002071 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002072 }
2073 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002074 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002075 // Check if we can reference this property.
2076 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2077 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002078 }
2079 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2080 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2081 Selector SetterSel =
2082 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2083 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002084 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002085 if (!Setter) {
2086 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2087 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002088 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002089 }
2090 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2091 if (!Setter) {
2092 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2093 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002094 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002095 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002096 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002097
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002098 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2099 return ExprError();
2100
2101 if (Getter || Setter) {
2102 QualType PType;
2103
2104 if (Getter)
2105 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2106 else {
2107 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2108 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2109 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2110 }
2111 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2112 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2113 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2114 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002115 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2116 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002117 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002118 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2119 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2120 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2121 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002122 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002123 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002124 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002125 // Check the use of this declaration
2126 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2127 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002128
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002129 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002130 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2131 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002132 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002133 // Check the use of this method.
2134 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2135 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002136
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002137 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002138 OMD->getResultType(),
2139 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2140 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002141 }
2142 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002143
2144 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2145 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002146 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002147 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2148 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2149 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2150 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2151 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002152 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2153 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002154 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002155 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002156 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002157 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002158 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002159 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002160 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2161 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2162 Selector SetterSel =
2163 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2164 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002165 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002166 if (!Setter) {
2167 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2168 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002169 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002170 }
2171 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2172 if (!Setter) {
2173 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2174 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002175 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002176 }
2177 }
2178
2179 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2180 return ExprError();
2181
2182 if (Getter || Setter) {
2183 QualType PType;
2184
2185 if (Getter)
2186 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2187 else {
2188 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2189 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2190 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2191 }
2192 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2193 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2194 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2195 }
2196 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2197 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002198 }
2199 }
2200
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002201 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002202 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002203 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2204 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002205 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002206 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002207 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002208 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002209
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002210 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2211 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2212
2213 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2214 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2215 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2216 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2217 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2218 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2219 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2220 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2221 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2222 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2223 }
2224
2225 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002226}
2227
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002228/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2229/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2230/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2231/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2232/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2233/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002234bool
2235Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002236 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002237 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002238 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2239 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002240 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002241 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2242 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2243 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002244 bool Invalid = false;
2245
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002246 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2247 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2248 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2249 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2250 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2251 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2252 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2253 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002254 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002255 }
2256
2257 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2258 // them.
2259 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2260 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2261 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2262 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2263 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2264 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2265 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2266 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002267 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002268 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002269 }
2270 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2271 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002272
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002273 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2274 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2275 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002276
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002277 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002278 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002279 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002280
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002281 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2282 ProtoArgType,
2283 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2284 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2285 return true;
2286
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002287 // Pass the argument.
2288 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2289 return true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002290 } else
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002291 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002292 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002293 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002294
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002295 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2296 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002297
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002298 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2299 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002300 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2301 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2302 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2303 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2304 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2305
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002306 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2307 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2308 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002309 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002310 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2311 }
2312 }
2313
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002314 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002315}
2316
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002317/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002318/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2319/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002320Action::OwningExprResult
2321Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2322 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002323 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002324 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002325 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002326 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002327 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002328 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002329 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002330
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002331 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002332 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002333 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002334 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2335 bool Dependent = false;
2336 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2337 Dependent = true;
2338 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2339 Dependent = true;
2340
2341 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002342 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002343 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2344
2345 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2346 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2347 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2348 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2349
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002350 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002351 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2352 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2353 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002354 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2355 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002356 }
2357
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002358 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002359 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002360 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2361 bool ADL = true;
2362 while (true) {
2363 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2364 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2365 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002366 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002367 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002368 ADL = false;
2369 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2370 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002371 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002372 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2373 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002374 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2375 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2376 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2377 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002378 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002379 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2380 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2381 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002382 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002383 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2384 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2385 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002386 break;
2387 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002388 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002389
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002390 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2391 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002392 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002393 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2394 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002395
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002396 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002397 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002398 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002399 ADL = false;
2400
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002401 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2402 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2403 ADL = false;
2404
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002405 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002406 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2407 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002408 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2409 if (!FDecl)
2410 return ExprError();
2411
2412 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2413 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002414 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002415 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002416 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2417 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2418 false, false,
2419 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2420 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002421 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002422 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002423 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2424 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2425 Fn = NewFn;
2426 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002427 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002428
2429 // Promote the function operand.
2430 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2431
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002432 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2433 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002434 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2435 Args, NumArgs,
2436 Context.BoolTy,
2437 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002438
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002439 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2440 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2441 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2442 // have type pointer to function".
2443 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2444 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002445 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2446 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002447 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2448 } else { // This is a block call.
2449 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2450 getAsFunctionType();
2451 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002452 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002453 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2454 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2455
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002456 // Check for a valid return type
2457 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2458 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2459 FuncT->getResultType(),
2460 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2461 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2462 return ExprError();
2463
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002464 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002465 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002466
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002467 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002468 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002469 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002470 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002471 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002472 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002473
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002474 if (FDecl) {
2475 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2476 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2477 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregor72971342009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002478 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002479 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2480 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2481 }
2482
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002483 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002484 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2485 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2486 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002487 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2488 Arg->getType(),
2489 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2490 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2491 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002492 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002493 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002494 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002495
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002496 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2497 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002498 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2499 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002500
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002501 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002502 if (FDecl)
2503 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002504
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002505 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002506}
2507
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002508Action::OwningExprResult
2509Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2510 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002511 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002512 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002513 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002514 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002515 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002516
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002517 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002518 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002519 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2520 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002521 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002522 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2523 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002524 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002525
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002526 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002527 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002528 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002529
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002530 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002531 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002532 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002533 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002534 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002535 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002536 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002537 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002538}
2539
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002540Action::OwningExprResult
2541Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002542 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2543 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2544 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002545
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002546 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002547 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002548
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002549 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002550 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002551 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002552 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002553}
2554
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002555/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002556bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002557 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2558
2559 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2560 // type needs to be scalar.
2561 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2562 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002563 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2564 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002565 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002566 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2567 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2568 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2569 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002570 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002571 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2572 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2573 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2574 // GCC cast to union extension
2575 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2576 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002577 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002578 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2579 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2580 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2581 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2582 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2583 break;
2584 }
2585 }
2586 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2587 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2588 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2589 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002590 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002591 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002592 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002593 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002594 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002595 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002596 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2597 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002598 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002599 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2600 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2601 return true;
2602 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2603 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2604 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002605 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002606 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002607 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2608 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2609 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2610 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2611 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2612 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2613 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2614 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2615 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2616 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2617 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002618 }
2619 return false;
2620}
2621
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002622bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002623 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002624
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002625 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002626 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002627 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002628 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002629 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002630 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002631 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002632 } else
2633 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002634 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002635 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002636
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002637 return false;
2638}
2639
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002640Action::OwningExprResult
2641Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2642 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2643 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2644 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002645
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002646 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002647 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2648
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002649 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002650 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002651 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002652 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002653}
2654
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002655/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2656/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002657/// C99 6.5.15
2658QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2659 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002660 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2661 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2662 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2663
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002664 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2665 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2666 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2667 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2668 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2669 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002670
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002671 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002672 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2673 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2674 << CondTy;
2675 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002676 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002677
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002678 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002679
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002680 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2681 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002682 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2683 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2684 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002685 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002686
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002687 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2688 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002689 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2690 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002691 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002692 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002693 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002694 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002695 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002696 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002697
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002698 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002699 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002700 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2701 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2702 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2703 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2704 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2705 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2706 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2707 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2708 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002709 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002710 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002711 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2712 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002713 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2714 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2715 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2716 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2717 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002718 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002719 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2720 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2721 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2722 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2723 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002724 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002725
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002726 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2727 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002728 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2729 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002730 // get the "pointed to" types
2731 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2732 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002733
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002734 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2735 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002736 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002737 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2738 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002739 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002740 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2741 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002742 return destType;
2743 }
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002744 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002745 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002746 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002747 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2748 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002749 return destType;
2750 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002751
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002752 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattnerb4650c12009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002753 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002754 return LHSTy;
2755 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002756
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002757 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002758
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002759 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2760 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002761 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002762 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002763 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2764 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2765 // type. This allows
2766 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2767 // where B is a subclass of A.
2768 //
2769 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2770 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2771 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2772 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2773
Steve Naroff1fd03612009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002774 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002775 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002776 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2777 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2778 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2779 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002780 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002781 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor7ffd0de2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002782 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002783 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002784 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2785 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002786 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2787 } else {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002788 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002789 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002790 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002791 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002792 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2793 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002794 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002795 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002796 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002797 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002798 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2799 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002800 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2801 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2802 // to get a consistent AST.
2803 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002804 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2805 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002806 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002807 }
2808 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002809 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2810 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2811 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2812 // type.
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002813 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002814 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002815 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2816 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002817 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002818 }
2819 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002820
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002821 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2822 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2823 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2824 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2825 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2826 return RHSTy;
2827 }
2828 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2829 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2830 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2831 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2832 return LHSTy;
2833 }
2834
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002835 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2836 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2837 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2838 return LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002839
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002840 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2841 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002842 // id with statically typed objects).
2843 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002844 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2845 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2846 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002847 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002848 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002849 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2850 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2851 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002852 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2853 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2854 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2855 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2856 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2857 // cases. Investigate.
2858 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002859 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2860 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002861 return compositeType;
2862 }
2863 }
2864
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002865 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002866 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2867 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002868 return QualType();
2869}
2870
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002871/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002872/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002873Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2874 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2875 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2876 ExprArg RHS) {
2877 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2878 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002879
2880 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2881 // was the condition.
2882 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2883 if (isLHSNull)
2884 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002885
2886 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00002887 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002888 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002889 return ExprError();
2890
2891 Cond.release();
2892 LHS.release();
2893 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002894 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002895 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2896 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002897}
2898
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002899
2900// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002901// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002902// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2903// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2904// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002905Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002906Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2907 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002908
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002909 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002910 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2911 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002912
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002913 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002914 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2915 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002916
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002917 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002918
2919 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2920 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2921 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002922 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002923 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002924 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002925
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002926 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2927 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002928 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002929 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002930 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002931 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002932
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002933 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002934 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2935 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002936 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002937
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002938 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002939 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002940 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002941
2942 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002943 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2944 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002945 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002946 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002947 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002948 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2949 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2950 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2951 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2952 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2953 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2954 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2955 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2956 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2957 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2958 }
2959 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2960 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2961 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2962 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2963 }
2964 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2965 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2966 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2967 // warning can be disabled.
2968 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2969 return ConvTy;
2970 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2971 }
2972 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2973 return IncompatiblePointer;
2974 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002975 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002976}
2977
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002978/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2979/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2980/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2981// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002982Sema::AssignConvertType
2983Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002984 QualType rhsType) {
2985 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002986
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002987 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2988 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002989 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2990
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002991 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2992 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2993 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002994
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002995 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002996
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002997 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2998 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2999 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003000
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003001 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003002 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003003 return ConvTy;
3004}
3005
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003006/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3007/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003008/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3009///
3010/// int a, *pint;
3011/// short *pshort;
3012/// struct foo *pfoo;
3013///
3014/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3015/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3016/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3017/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3018///
3019/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003020/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003021///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003022Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003023Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003024 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3025 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003026 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3027 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003028
3029 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003030 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003031
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003032 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3033 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3034 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3035 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3036 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3037 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3038 // type.
3039 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3040 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003041 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003042 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003043 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003044
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003045 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3046 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003047 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003048 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3049 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3050 return IntToPointer;
3051 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3052 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003053 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003054 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003055
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003056 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003057 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003058 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3059 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003060 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003061
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003062 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003063 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003064 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003065 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3066 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003067 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003068 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003069 }
3070 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003071 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003072
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003073 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003074 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003075
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003076 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003077 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003078 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003079
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003080 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003081 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003082
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003083 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003084 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003085 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003086
3087 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3088 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3089 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3090 return Compatible;
3091 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003092 return Incompatible;
3093 }
3094
3095 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3096 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003097 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003098
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003099 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3100 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3101 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3102 return Compatible;
3103
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003104 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3105 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003106
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003107 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3108 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003109 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003110 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003111 return Incompatible;
3112 }
3113
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003114 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003115 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003116 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3117 return Compatible;
3118
3119 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003120 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003121
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003122 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003123 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003124
3125 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003126 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003127 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003128 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003129 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003130
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003131 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003132 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003133 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003134 }
3135 return Incompatible;
3136}
3137
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003138/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3139/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3140static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3141 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3142 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3143 // of the transparent union.
3144 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3145 &E, 1,
3146 SourceLocation());
3147 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3148 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3149
3150 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3151 // union type from this initializer list.
3152 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3153 false);
3154}
3155
3156Sema::AssignConvertType
3157Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3158 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3159
3160 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3161 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3162 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3163 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3164 return Incompatible;
3165
3166 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3167 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3168 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3169 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3170 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3171 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3172 it != itend; ++it) {
3173 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3174 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3175 // 1) void pointer
3176 // 2) null pointer constant
3177 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3178 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3179 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3180 InitField = *it;
3181 break;
3182 }
3183
3184 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3185 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3186 InitField = *it;
3187 break;
3188 }
3189 }
3190
3191 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3192 == Compatible) {
3193 InitField = *it;
3194 break;
3195 }
3196 }
3197
3198 if (!InitField)
3199 return Incompatible;
3200
3201 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3202 return Compatible;
3203}
3204
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003205Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003206Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003207 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3208 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3209 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3210 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3211 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003212 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3213 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003214 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003215 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003216 }
3217
3218 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3219 // structures.
3220 }
3221
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003222 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3223 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003224 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3225 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003226 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003227 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003228 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003229 return Compatible;
3230 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003231
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003232 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003233 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003234 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003235 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003236 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003237 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003238 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3239 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003240
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003241 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3242 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003243
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003244 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3245 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003246 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3247 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3248 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3249 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003250 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003251 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003252 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003253}
3254
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003255Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003256Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3257 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3258}
3259
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003260QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003261 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003262 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003263 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003264 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003265}
3266
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003267inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003268 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003269 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003270 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003271 QualType lhsType =
3272 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3273 QualType rhsType =
3274 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003275
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003276 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003277 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003278 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003279
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003280 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3281 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003282 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3283 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3284 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003285 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3286 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003287 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003288 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003289 }
3290 }
3291 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003292
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003293 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3294 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003295 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003296 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003297
3298 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003299 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3300 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003301 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003302 return lhsType;
3303 }
3304 }
3305
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003306 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003307 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003308 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003309 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3310
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003311 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003312 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3313 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003314 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003315 return rhsType;
3316 }
3317 }
3318
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003319 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003320 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003321 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003322 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003323 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003324}
3325
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003326inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003327 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003328{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003329 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003330 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003331
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003332 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003333
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003334 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003335 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003336 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003337}
3338
3339inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003340 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003341{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003342 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3343 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3344 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3345 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3346 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003347
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003348 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003349
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003350 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003351 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003352 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003353}
3354
3355inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003356 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003357{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003358 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3359 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3360 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3361 return compType;
3362 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003363
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003364 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003365
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003366 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003367 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3368 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3369 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003370 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003371 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003372
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003373 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3374 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3375 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3376 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3377
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003378 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003379 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003380 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3381 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3382 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003383 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3384 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003385 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003386 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003387 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003388
3389 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3390 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3391 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003392 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003393 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3394 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3395 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3396 return QualType();
3397 }
3398
3399 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3400 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3401 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3402 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003403 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003404 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003405 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3406 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003407 return QualType();
3408
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003409 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3410 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3411 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3412 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3413 return QualType();
3414 }
3415
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003416 if (CompLHSTy) {
3417 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3418 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3419 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3420 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3421 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003422 return PExp->getType();
3423 }
3424 }
3425
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003426 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003427}
3428
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003429// C99 6.5.6
3430QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003431 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3432 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3433 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3434 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3435 return compType;
3436 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003437
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003438 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003439
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003440 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003441
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003442 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003443 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3444 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003445 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003446 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003447
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003448 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3449 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003450 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003451
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003452 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003453
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003454 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3455 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3456 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3457 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3458 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3459 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3460 return QualType();
3461 }
3462
3463 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3464 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3465 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3466 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3467 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003468 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003469 return QualType();
3470 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003471
3472 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3473 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3474 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3475 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3476 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3477 lex->getSourceRange(),
3478 SourceRange(),
3479 lex->getType()))
3480 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003481
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003482 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3483 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3484 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3485 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3486 return QualType();
3487 }
3488
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003489 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003490 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3491 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3492 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3493 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3494 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3495 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3496 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3497 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3498
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003499 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003500 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003501 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003502
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003503 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3504 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003505 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003506
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003507 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3508 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3509 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3510 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3511 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3512 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3513 return QualType();
3514 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003515
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003516 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3517 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3518 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3519 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003520 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003521 return QualType();
3522 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003523
3524 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3525 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3526 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3527 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3528 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3529 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3530 rex->getSourceRange(),
3531 SourceRange(),
3532 rex->getType()))
3533 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003534
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003535 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003536 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003537 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003538 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003539 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003540 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003541 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003542 return QualType();
3543 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003544
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003545 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3546 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3547 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3548 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3549 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3550 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3551 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003552
3553 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003554 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3555 }
3556 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003557
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003558 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003559}
3560
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003561// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003562QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003563 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003564 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3565 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003566 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003567
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003568 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3569 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003570 QualType LHSTy;
3571 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3572 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3573 else
3574 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003575 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003576 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3577
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003578 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003579
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003580 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003581 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003582}
3583
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003584// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003585QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003586 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3587 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3588
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003589 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003590 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003591
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003592 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003593 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3594 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3595 else {
3596 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3597 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3598 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003599 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3600 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003601
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003602 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003603 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3604 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3605 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003606 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3607 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003608 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3609 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3610 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3611 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003612 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3613 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003614 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003615
3616 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3617 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3618 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3619 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3620
3621 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3622 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003623 Expr *literalString = 0;
3624 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003625 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003626 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3627 literalString = lex;
3628 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3629 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003630 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3631 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003632 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3633 literalString = rex;
3634 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3635 }
3636
3637 if (literalString) {
3638 std::string resultComparison;
3639 switch (Opc) {
3640 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3641 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3642 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3643 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3644 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3645 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3646 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3647 }
3648 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3649 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3650 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003651 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3652 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3653 "strcmp(")
3654 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3655 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003656 resultComparison);
3657 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003658 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003659
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003660 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003661 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003662
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003663 if (isRelational) {
3664 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003665 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003666 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003667 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003668 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003669 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003670 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003671 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003672
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003673 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003674 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003675 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003677 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3678 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003679
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003680 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3681 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3682 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003683 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003684 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003685 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003686 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003687 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003689 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003690 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3691 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003692 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003693 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003694 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003695 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003696 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003697 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003698 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003699 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003700 // Handle block pointer types.
3701 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3702 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3703 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003704
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003705 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3706 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003707 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003708 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003709 }
3710 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003711 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003712 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003713 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3714 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3715 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3716 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003717 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003718 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003719 }
3720 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003721 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003722 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003723
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003724 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003725 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003726 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3727 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003728 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003729 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003730 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003731 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003732
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003733 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3734 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003735 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003736 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003737 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003738 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003739 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003740 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003741 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003742 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003743 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3744 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003745 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003746 } else {
3747 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003748 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003749 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003750 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003751 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003752 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003753 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003754 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003755 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003756 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003757 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003758 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003759 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003760 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003761 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003762 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003763 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003764 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003765 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003766 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003767 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003768 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003769 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003770 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003771 // Handle block pointers.
3772 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3773 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003774 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003775 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003776 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003777 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003778 }
3779 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3780 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003781 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003782 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003783 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003784 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003785 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003786 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003787}
3788
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003789/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003790/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003791/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3792/// types.
3793QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003794 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003795 bool isRelational) {
3796 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3797 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003798 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003799 if (vType.isNull())
3800 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003802 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3803 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003804
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003805 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3806 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3807 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3808 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3809 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3810 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3811 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003812 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003813 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003814
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003815 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3816 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3817 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003818 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003819 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003820
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003821 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3822 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3823 if (1) {
3824 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3825 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3826 return QualType();
3827 }
3828
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003829 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3830 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3831 // elements for floating point vectors.
3832 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3833 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003834
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003835 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003836 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003837 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003838 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003839 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003840 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3841
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003842 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003843 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003844 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3845}
3846
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003847inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003848 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003849{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00003850 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003851 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003852
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003853 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003854
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003855 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003856 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003857 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003858}
3859
3860inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003861 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003862{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003863 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3864 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003865
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003866 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003867 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003868 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003869}
3870
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003871/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3872/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3873/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3874///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003875static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003876{
3877 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3878 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3879 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3880 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3881 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003882 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003883 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3884 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3885 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3886 return true;
3887 }
3888 }
3889 return false;
3890}
3891
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003892/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3893/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3894static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003895 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3896 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3897 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003898 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3899 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003900 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3901 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003902
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003903 unsigned Diag = 0;
3904 bool NeedType = false;
3905 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3906 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3907 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003908 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003909 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3910 NeedType = true;
3911 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003912 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003913 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3914 NeedType = true;
3915 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003916 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003917 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3918 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003919 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003920 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3921 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003922 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3923 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003924 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003925 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3926 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003927 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003928 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3929 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003930 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003931 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3932 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003933 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3934 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3935 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003936 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3937 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3938 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003939 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003940
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003941 SourceRange Assign;
3942 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3943 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003944 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003945 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003946 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003947 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003948 return true;
3949}
3950
3951
3952
3953// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003954QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3955 SourceLocation Loc,
3956 QualType CompoundType) {
3957 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3958 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003959 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003960
3961 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3962 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003963
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003964 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003965 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003966 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003967 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003968 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3969 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3970 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3971 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3972 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3973 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3974 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003975
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003976 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3977 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3978 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003979 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003980 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3981 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3982 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3983 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3984 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003985 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003986 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003987 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3988 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3989 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003990 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3991 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003992 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3993 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3994 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003995 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003996 }
3997 } else {
3998 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003999 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004000 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004001
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004002 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4003 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004004 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004005
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004006 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4007 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004008 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004009 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4010 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004011 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
4012 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004013 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004014}
4015
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004016// C99 6.5.17
4017QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004018 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004019 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004020
4021 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4022 // incomplete in C++).
4023
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004024 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004025}
4026
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004027/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4028/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004029QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4030 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004031 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4032 return Context.DependentTy;
4033
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004034 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4035 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004036
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004037 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4038 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4039 if (!isInc) {
4040 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4041 return QualType();
4042 }
4043 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4044 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4045 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004046 // OK!
4047 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4048 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004049 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004050 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4051 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4052 << Op->getSourceRange();
4053 return QualType();
4054 }
4055
4056 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004057 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004058 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004059 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4060 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4061 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4062 return QualType();
4063 }
4064
4065 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004066 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004067 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4068 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4069 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4070 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004071 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004072 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4073 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4074 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004075 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004076 } else {
4077 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004078 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004079 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004080 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004082 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004083 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004084 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004085 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004086}
4087
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004088/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004089/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004090/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4091/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4092/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4093/// - &(x) => x
4094/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4095/// - &s.xx => s
4096/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4097/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4098/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4099/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004100static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004101 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004102 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004103 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004104 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004105 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004106 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4107 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4108 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004109 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004110 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004111 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004112 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004113 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004114 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
4115 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
4116 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4117 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4118 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4119 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4120 }
4121 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004122 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004123 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4124 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004125
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004126 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004127 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4128 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4129 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4130 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4131 default:
4132 return 0;
4133 }
4134 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004135 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004136 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004137 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004138 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4139 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004140 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004141 default:
4142 return 0;
4143 }
4144}
4145
4146/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004147/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004148/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004150/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004151/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004152/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004153QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004154 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4155 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4156
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004157 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4158 return Context.DependentTy;
4159
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004160 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4161 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4162 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4163 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4164 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4165 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4166 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4167 }
4168 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4169 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4170 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004171 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004172 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004173
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004174 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004175 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman9895d882009-04-28 17:59:09 +00004176 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004177 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004178 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4179 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004180 return QualType();
4181 }
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004182 } else if (op->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
4183 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4184 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4185 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004186 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004187 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4188 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004189 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004190 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004191 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004192 return QualType();
4193 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004194 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004195 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4196 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4197 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004198 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4199 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004200 return QualType();
4201 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004202 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004203 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004204 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4205 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004206 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4207 // scope qualifier for the class.
4208 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4209 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4210 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4211 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4212 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4213 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004214 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4215 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004216 // As above.
4217 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4218 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4219 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4220 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4221 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4222 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004223 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004224 else
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004225 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004226 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004227
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004228 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4229 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4230}
4231
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004232QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004233 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4234 return Context.DependentTy;
4235
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004236 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4237 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004238
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004239 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4240 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4241 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4242 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4243 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004244 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004245
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004246 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004247 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004248 return QualType();
4249}
4250
4251static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4252 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4253 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4254 switch (Kind) {
4255 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004256 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4257 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004258 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4259 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4260 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4261 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4262 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4263 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4264 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4265 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4266 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4267 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4268 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4269 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4270 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4271 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4272 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4273 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4274 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4275 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4276 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4277 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4278 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4279 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4280 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4281 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4282 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4283 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4284 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4285 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4286 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4287 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4288 }
4289 return Opc;
4290}
4291
4292static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4293 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4294 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4295 switch (Kind) {
4296 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4297 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4298 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4299 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4300 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4301 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4302 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4303 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4304 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004305 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4306 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4307 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4308 }
4309 return Opc;
4310}
4311
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004312/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4313/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4314/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004315Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4316 unsigned Op,
4317 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004318 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004319 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004320 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4321 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4322 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004323
4324 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004325 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4326 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4327 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004328 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4329 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4330 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4331 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4332 break;
4333 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004334 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4335 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4336 break;
4337 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4338 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4339 break;
4340 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4341 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4342 break;
4343 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4344 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4345 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004346 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004347 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4348 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4349 break;
4350 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4351 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4352 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4353 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004354 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004355 break;
4356 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4357 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004358 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004359 break;
4360 case BinaryOperator::And:
4361 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4362 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4363 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4364 break;
4365 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4366 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4367 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4368 break;
4369 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4370 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004371 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4372 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4373 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4374 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004375 break;
4376 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004377 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4378 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4379 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4380 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004381 break;
4382 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004383 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4384 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4385 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004386 break;
4387 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004388 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4389 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4390 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004391 break;
4392 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4393 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004394 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4395 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4396 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4397 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004398 break;
4399 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4400 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4401 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004402 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4403 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4404 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4405 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004406 break;
4407 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4408 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4409 break;
4410 }
4411 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004412 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004413 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004414 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4415 else
4416 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004417 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4418 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004419}
4420
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004421// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004422Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4423 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4424 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004425 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004426 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004427
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004428 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4429 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004430
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004431 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4432 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4433 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4434 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4435 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4436 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4437 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004438 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004439 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4440 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4441 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4442 Functions);
4443 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4444 DeclarationName OpName
4445 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4446 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004447 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004448
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004449 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4450 // binary operation.
4451 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004452 }
4453
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004454 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4455 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004456}
4457
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004458Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4459 unsigned OpcIn,
4460 ExprArg InputArg) {
4461 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004462
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004463 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4464 // appropriately.
4465 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004466 QualType resultType;
4467 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004468 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4469 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4470 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4471 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4472 break;
4473
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004474 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4475 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004476 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4477 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004478 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004479 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004480 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4481 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004482 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004483 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004484 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4485 break;
4486 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4487 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004488 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4489 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004490 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4491 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004492 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4493 break;
4494 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4495 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4496 break;
4497 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4498 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4499 resultType->isPointerType())
4500 break;
4501
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004502 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4503 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004504 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004505 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4506 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004507 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4508 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004509 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4510 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4511 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004512 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004513 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004514 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004515 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4516 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004517 break;
4518 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4519 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004520 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4521 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004522 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4523 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004524 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004525 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4526 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004527 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004528 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4529 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004530 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004531 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004532 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004533 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004534 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004535 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004536 resultType = Input->getType();
4537 break;
4538 }
4539 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004540 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004541
4542 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004543 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004544}
4545
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004546// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4547Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4548 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4549 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4550 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4551
4552 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4553 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4554 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4555 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4556 // the arguments.
4557 FunctionSet Functions;
4558 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4559 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4560 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4561 Functions);
4562 DeclarationName OpName
4563 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4564 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4565 }
4566
4567 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4568 }
4569
4570 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4571}
4572
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004573/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004574Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4575 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4576 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004577 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004578 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004579
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004580 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4581 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004582 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004583 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004584
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004585 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004586 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4587 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004588}
4589
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004590Sema::OwningExprResult
4591Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4592 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4593 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004594 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4595 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4596
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004597 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004598 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004599 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004600
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004601 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4602 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4603 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004604
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004605 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4606 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4607 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004608
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004609 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4610 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4611 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4612 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4613 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004614
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004615 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004616 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004617 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004618
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004619 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4620 // expressions are not lvalues.
4621
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004622 substmt.release();
4623 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004624}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004625
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004626Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4627 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4628 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4629 TypeTy *argty,
4630 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4631 unsigned NumComponents,
4632 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4633 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4634 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004635 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4636 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004637
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004638 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4639
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004640 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4641 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4642 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004643 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004644 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004645
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004646 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4647 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004648
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004649 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4650 // the offsetof designators.
4651 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4652 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004653 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004654 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004655
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004656 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4657 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004658 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4659 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004660 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004661 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4662 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004663
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004664 if (!Dependent) {
4665 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4666 // leaks like a sieve.
4667 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4668 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4669 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4670 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4671 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4672 if (!AT) {
4673 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004674 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4675 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004676 }
4677
4678 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4679
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004680 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4681 // expression.
4682 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4683
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004684 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4685 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004686 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004687 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004688 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004689 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004690 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004691
4692 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4693 OC.LocEnd);
4694 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004695 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004696
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004697 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4698 if (!RC) {
4699 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004700 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4701 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004702 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004703
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004704 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4705 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4706 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4707 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4708 LookupMemberName)
4709 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004710 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004711 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004712 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4713 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004714
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004715 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4716 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004717 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00004718 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4719 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004720 } else {
4721 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4722 // doesn't matter here.
4723 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4724 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
4725 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004726 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004727 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004728
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004729 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4730 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004731}
4732
4733
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004734Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4735 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4736 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004737 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4738 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004739
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004740 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004741
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004742 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4743 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004744}
4745
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004746Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4747 ExprArg cond,
4748 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4749 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4750 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4751 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4752 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004753
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004754 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4755
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004756 QualType resType;
4757 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4758 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4759 } else {
4760 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4761 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4762 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4763 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004764 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4765 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4766 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004767
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004768 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4769 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4770 }
4771
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004772 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4773 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4774 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004775}
4776
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004777//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4778// Clang Extensions.
4779//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4780
4781/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004782void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004783 // Analyze block parameters.
4784 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004785
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004786 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4787 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4788 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004789
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004790 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4791 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004792 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004793 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4794 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004795
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004796 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004797 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004798}
4799
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004800void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4801 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4802
Mike Stump6c92fa72009-04-29 21:40:37 +00004803 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
4804
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004805 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4806 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4807 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4808
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00004809 if (T->isArrayType()) {
4810 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4811 diag::err_block_returns_array);
4812 return;
4813 }
4814
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004815 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4816 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4817 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4818
4819 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4820 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004821
4822 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4823
4824 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4825 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4826 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4827 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4828 return;
4829 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004830 return;
4831 }
4832
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004833 // Analyze arguments to block.
4834 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4835 "Not a function declarator!");
4836 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004837
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004838 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4839 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004840
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004841 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4842 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4843 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4844 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004845 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4846 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004847 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004848 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004849 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4850 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004851 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004852 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004853 }
Steve Naroffe78b8092009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004854 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004855 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004856
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004857 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4858 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4859 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4860 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4861 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004862
4863 // Analyze the return type.
4864 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4865 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4866
4867 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4868 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4869 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4870 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4871 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4872 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004873}
4874
4875/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4876/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4877void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4878 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4879 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004880
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004881 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4882
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004883 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00004884 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004885 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004886 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004887}
4888
4889/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4890/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004891Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4892 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004893 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4894 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4895 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4896
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004897 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4898 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004899
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004900 PopDeclContext();
4901
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004902 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4903 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004904
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004905 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4906 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4907 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004908
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004909 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4910 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4911 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004913 QualType BlockTy;
4914 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004915 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004916 else
4917 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004918 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004919
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004920 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4921
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004922 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004923
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004924 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
4925 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
4926 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
4927 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4928
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004929 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4930 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4931 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004932}
4933
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004934Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4935 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4936 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004937 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004938 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4939 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4940
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004941 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004942
4943 // Get the va_list type
4944 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4945 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4946 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4947 // a pointer for va_arg.
4948 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4949 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmanefbe85c2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004950 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4951 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004952
Chris Lattner3f419762009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004953 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004954 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4955 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004956 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004957 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004958
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004959 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004960 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004961
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004962 expr.release();
4963 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4964 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004965}
4966
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004967Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004968 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4969 // pointers on the target.
4970 QualType Ty;
4971 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4972 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4973 else
4974 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4975
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004976 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004977}
4978
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004979bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4980 SourceLocation Loc,
4981 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4982 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4983 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4984 bool isInvalid = false;
4985 unsigned DiagKind;
4986 switch (ConvTy) {
4987 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4988 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004989 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004990 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4991 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004992 case IntToPointer:
4993 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4994 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004995 case IncompatiblePointer:
4996 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4997 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004998 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4999 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5000 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005001 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5002 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5003 break;
5004 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005005 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5006 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5007 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5008 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5009 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5010 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5011 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5012 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5013 // C++ semantics.
5014 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5015 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5016 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005017 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5018 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005019 case IntToBlockPointer:
5020 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5021 break;
5022 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005023 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005024 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005025 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005026 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005027 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5028 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5029 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005030 case IncompatibleVectors:
5031 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5032 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005033 case Incompatible:
5034 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5035 isInvalid = true;
5036 break;
5037 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005038
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005039 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5040 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005041 return isInvalid;
5042}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005043
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005044bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005045 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5046 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5047 if (Result)
5048 *Result = ICEResult;
5049 return false;
5050 }
5051
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005052 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5053
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005054 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005055 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5056 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5057
5058 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5059 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5060 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5061 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5062 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5063 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5064 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005065
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005066 return true;
5067 }
5068
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005069 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5070 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005071
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005072 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5073 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5074 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005075
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005076 if (Result)
5077 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5078 return false;
5079}